SemaDecl.cpp revision 53c374f1ac6d28b2341b3a8f3902eb51db9c50e7
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 30#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 32#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 36// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 37#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 38#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 40#include <algorithm> 41#include <cstring> 42#include <functional> 43using namespace clang; 44using namespace sema; 45 46Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 47 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 48} 49 50/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 51/// return the declaration of that type. 52/// 53/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 54/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 55/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 56/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 57/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 58/// 59/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 60/// and then return NULL. 61ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 62 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 63 bool isClassName, 64 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 65 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 66 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 67 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 68 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 69 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 70 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 71 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 73 74 if (!LookupCtx) { 75 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 76 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 77 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 78 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 79 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 80 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 81 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 82 // 83 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 84 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 85 if (!isClassName) 86 return ParsedType(); 87 88 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 89 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 90 QualType T = 91 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 92 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 93 return ParsedType::make(T); 94 } 95 96 return ParsedType(); 97 } 98 99 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 100 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 101 return ParsedType(); 102 } 103 104 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 105 // lookup for class-names. 106 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 107 LookupOrdinaryName; 108 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 109 if (LookupCtx) { 110 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 111 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 112 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 113 // nested-name-specifier. 114 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 115 116 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 117 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 118 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 119 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 120 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 121 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 122 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 123 LookupName(Result, S); 124 } 125 } else { 126 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 127 LookupName(Result, S); 128 } 129 130 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 131 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 132 case LookupResult::NotFound: 133 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 134 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 135 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 136 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 137 return ParsedType(); 138 139 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 140 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 141 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 142 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 143 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 144 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 145 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 146 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 147 return ParsedType(); 148 } 149 150 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 151 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 152 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 153 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 154 if (!IIDecl || 155 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 156 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 157 IIDecl = *Res; 158 } 159 } 160 161 if (!IIDecl) { 162 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 163 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 164 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 165 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 166 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 167 // a type name. 168 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 169 return ParsedType(); 170 } 171 172 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 173 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 174 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 175 // perform the name lookup again. 176 break; 177 178 case LookupResult::Found: 179 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 180 break; 181 } 182 183 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 184 185 QualType T; 186 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 187 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 188 189 if (T.isNull()) 190 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 191 192 if (SS) 193 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 194 195 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 196 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 197 } else { 198 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 199 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 200 return ParsedType(); 201 } 202 203 return ParsedType::make(T); 204} 205 206/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 207/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 208/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 209/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 210/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 211DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 212 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 213 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 214 LookupName(R, S, false); 215 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 216 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 217 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 218 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 219 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 220 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 221 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 222 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 223 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 224 } 225 } 226 227 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 228} 229 230bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation IILoc, 232 Scope *S, 233 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 234 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 235 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 236 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 237 238 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 239 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 240 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 241 NotForRedeclaration); 242 243 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 244 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 245 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 246 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 247 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 248 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 249 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 250 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 251 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 252 Result->getNameAsString()); 253 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 254 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 255 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 256 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 257 Result->getNameAsString()); 258 else 259 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 260 261 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 262 << Result->getDeclName(); 263 264 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 265 return true; 266 } 267 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 268 // We corrected to a keyword. 269 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 270 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 271 << &II << Corrected; 272 return true; 273 } 274 } 275 276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 277 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 278 UnqualifiedId Name; 279 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 280 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 281 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 282 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 283 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 284 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 285 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 286 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 287 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 288 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 289 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 290 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 291 } 292 return true; 293 } 294 } 295 296 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 297 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 298 299 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 300 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 301 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 302 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 303 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 304 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 306 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 307 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 309 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 310 } else { 311 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 312 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 313 } 314 315 return true; 316} 317 318// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 319// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 320// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 321DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 322 323 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 324 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 325 // the context we'll need to return to. 326 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 327 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 328 329 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 330 // lexical context. 331 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 332 return DC; 333 334 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 335 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 336 // class is the context we need to return to. 337 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 338 DC = RD; 339 340 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 341 // declared in. 342 return DC; 343 } 344 345 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 346 // of the class. 347 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 348 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 349 350 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 351} 352 353void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 354 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 355 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 356 CurContext = DC; 357 S->setEntity(DC); 358} 359 360void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 361 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 362 363 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 364 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 365} 366 367/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 368/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 369/// 370void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 371 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 372 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 373 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 374 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 375 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 376 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 377 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 378 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 379 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 380 // namespace. 381 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 382 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 383 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 384 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 385 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 386 387 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 388 389#ifndef NDEBUG 390 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 391 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 392 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 393#endif 394 395 CurContext = DC; 396 S->setEntity(DC); 397} 398 399void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 400 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 401 402 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 403 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 404 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 405 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 406 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 407 408 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 409 // disappear. 410} 411 412/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 413/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 414/// 415/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 416/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 417/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 418/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 419/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 420/// attribute. 421static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 422 ASTContext &Context) { 423 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 424 return true; 425 426 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 427 return true; 428 429 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 430 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 431} 432 433/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 434void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 435 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 436 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 437 // scope. 438 while (S->getEntity() && 439 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 440 S = S->getParent(); 441 442 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 443 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 444 // into any context. 445 if (AddToContext) 446 CurContext->addDecl(D); 447 448 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 449 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 450 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 451 D->isOutOfLine()) 452 return; 453 454 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 455 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 456 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 457 return; 458 459 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 460 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 461 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 462 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 464 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 465 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 466 467 // Should only need to replace one decl. 468 break; 469 } 470 } 471 472 S->AddDecl(D); 473 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 474} 475 476bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 477 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 478} 479 480Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 481 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 482 do { 483 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 484 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 485 return S; 486 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 487 488 return 0; 489} 490 491static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 492 DeclContext*, 493 ASTContext&); 494 495/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 496/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 497static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 498 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 499 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 500 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 501 while (F.hasNext()) { 502 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 503 504 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 505 continue; 506 507 if (ConsiderLinkage && 508 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 509 continue; 510 511 F.erase(); 512 } 513 514 F.done(); 515} 516 517static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 518 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 519 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 520 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 521} 522 523/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 524static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 525 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 526 while (F.hasNext()) 527 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 528 F.erase(); 529 530 F.done(); 531} 532 533/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 534/// @code 535/// class S { 536/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 537/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 538/// }; 539/// @endcode 540static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 541 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 542 // the decl here. 543 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 544 return false; 545 546 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 547 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 548 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 549 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 550 return false; 551} 552 553bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 554 assert(D); 555 556 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 557 return false; 558 559 // Ignore class templates. 560 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 561 return false; 562 563 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 564 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 565 return false; 566 567 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 568 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 569 return false; 570 } else { 571 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 572 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 573 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 574 return false; 575 } 576 577 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 578 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 579 return false; 580 581 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 582 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 583 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 584 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 585 return false; 586 587 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 588 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 589 return false; 590 591 } else { 592 return false; 593 } 594 595 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 596 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 597 return false; 598 599 return true; 600} 601 602void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 603 if (!D) 604 return; 605 606 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 607 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 608 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 609 return; // First should already be in the vector. 610 } 611 612 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 613 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 614 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 615 return; // First should already be in the vector. 616 } 617 618 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 619 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 620 } 621 622static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 623 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 624 return false; 625 626 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 627 return false; 628 629 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 630 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 631 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 632 return false; 633 634 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 635 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 636 637 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 638 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 639 640 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 641 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 642 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 643 return false; 644 } 645 646 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 647 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 648 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 649 return false; 650 651 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 652 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 653 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 654 return false; 655 656 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 657 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 658 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 659 // has no side effects. 660 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 661 return false; 662 } 663 } 664 665 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 666 } 667 668 return true; 669} 670 671void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 672 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 673 return; 674 675 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 676 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 677 << D->getDeclName(); 678 else 679 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 680 << D->getDeclName(); 681} 682 683void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 684 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 685 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 686 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 687 688 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 689 I != E; ++I) { 690 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 691 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 692 693 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 694 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 695 696 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 697 698 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 699 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 700 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 701 702 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 703 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 704 } 705} 706 707/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 708/// 709/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 710/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 711/// to the fixed name. 712/// 713/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 714/// 715/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 716/// if there is no class with the given name. 717/// 718/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 719/// class could not be found. 720ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 721 SourceLocation IdLoc, 722 bool TypoCorrection) { 723 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 724 // creation from this context. 725 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 726 727 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 728 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 729 // find an Objective-C class name. 730 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 731 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 732 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 733 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 734 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 735 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 736 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 737 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 738 739 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 740 } 741 } 742 743 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 744} 745 746/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 747/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 748/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 749/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 750/// ill-formed in C++: 751/// @code 752/// struct S6 { 753/// enum { BAR } e; 754/// }; 755/// 756/// void test_S6() { 757/// struct S6 a; 758/// a.e = BAR; 759/// } 760/// @endcode 761/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 762/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 763/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 764/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 765/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 766/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 767/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 768/// contain non-field names. 769Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 770 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 771 (S->getEntity() && 772 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 773 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 774 S = S->getParent(); 775 return S; 776} 777 778/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 779/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 780/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 781/// built-in. 782NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 783 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 784 SourceLocation Loc) { 785 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 786 787 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 788 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 789 switch (Error) { 790 case ASTContext::GE_None: 791 // Okay 792 break; 793 794 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 795 if (ForRedeclaration) 796 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 797 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 798 return 0; 799 800 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 801 if (ForRedeclaration) 802 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 803 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 804 return 0; 805 } 806 807 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 808 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 809 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 810 << R; 811 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 812 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 813 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 814 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 815 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 816 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 817 } 818 819 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 820 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 821 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 822 SC_Extern, 823 SC_None, false, 824 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 825 New->setImplicit(); 826 827 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 828 // FunctionDecl. 829 if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 830 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 831 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 832 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 833 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 834 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 835 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 836 } 837 838 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 839 840 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 841 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 842 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 843 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 844 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 845 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 846 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 847 CurContext = SavedContext; 848 return New; 849} 850 851/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 852/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 853/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 854/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 855/// 856void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 857 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 858 // merging checks. 859 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 860 861 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 862 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 863 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 864 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 865 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 866 default: break; 867 case 2: 868 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 869 break; 870 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 871 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 872 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 873 return; 874 case 5: 875 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 876 break; 877 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 878 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 879 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 880 return; 881 case 3: 882 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 883 break; 884 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 885 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 886 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 887 return; 888 case 8: 889 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 890 break; 891 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 892 return; 893 } 894 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 895 } 896 897 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 898 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 899 if (!Old) { 900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 901 << New->getDeclName(); 902 903 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 904 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 905 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 906 907 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 908 } 909 910 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 911 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 912 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 913 914 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 915 QualType OldType; 916 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 917 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 918 else 919 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 920 921 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 922 // with any extensions enabled. 923 924 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 925 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 926 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 928 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 929 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 930 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 931 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 932 } 933 934 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 935 // declaration was a typedef. 936 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 937 // spellings don't match exactly. 938 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 939 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 940 941 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 942 return; 943 944 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 945 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 946 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 947 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 948 // to the type to which it already refers. 949 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 950 return; 951 952 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 953 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 954 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 955 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 956 // 957 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 958 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 959 // 960 // struct S { 961 // typedef struct A { } A; 962 // }; 963 // 964 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 965 // allow the above but disallow 966 // 967 // struct S { 968 // typedef int I; 969 // typedef int I; 970 // }; 971 // 972 // since that was the intent of DR56. 973 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 974 return; 975 976 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 977 << New->getDeclName(); 978 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 979 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 980 } 981 982 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 983 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 984 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 985 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 986 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 987 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 988 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 989 return; 990 991 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 992 << New->getDeclName(); 993 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 994 return; 995} 996 997/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 998/// attribute. 999static bool 1000DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1001 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1002 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1003 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1004 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1005 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1006 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1007 return true; 1008 } 1009 1010 return false; 1011} 1012 1013/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1014static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1015 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1016 return; 1017 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1018 // we process them. 1019 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1020 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1021 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e; 1022 ++i) { 1023 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable. 1024 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) { 1025 Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C); 1026 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1027 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1028 } 1029 } 1030} 1031 1032namespace { 1033 1034/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1035/// C. 1036struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1037 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1038 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1039 QualType PromotedType; 1040}; 1041 1042} 1043 1044/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1045Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1046 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1047 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1048 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1049 1050 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1051 } 1052 1053 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1054 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1055 1056 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1057 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1058 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1059} 1060 1061/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1062/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1063/// GNU89 mode. 1064static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1065 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1066 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1067 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1068 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1069} 1070 1071/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1072/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1073/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1074/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1075/// 1076/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1077/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1078/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1079/// merged with. 1080/// 1081/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1082bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1083 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1084 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1085 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1086 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1087 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1088 else 1089 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1090 if (!Old) { 1091 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1092 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1093 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1094 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1095 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1096 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1097 return true; 1098 } 1099 1100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1101 << New->getDeclName(); 1102 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1103 return true; 1104 } 1105 1106 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1107 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1108 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1109 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1110 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1111 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1112 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1113 else 1114 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1115 1116 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1117 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1118 1119 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1120 // is an extern inline function. 1121 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1122 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1123 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1124 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1125 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1126 << New; 1127 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1128 return true; 1129 } 1130 1131 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1132 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1133 // calling convention of the first. 1134 // 1135 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1136 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1137 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1138 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1139 // because it is the default calling convention. 1140 // 1141 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1142 // other tests to run. 1143 const FunctionType *OldType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1144 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1145 const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1146 const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1147 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1148 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1149 NewQType = Context.getCallConvType(NewQType, OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1150 New->setType(NewQType); 1151 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewQType); 1152 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1153 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1154 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1155 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1156 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1157 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1158 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1159 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1160 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1161 return true; 1162 } 1163 1164 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1165 if (OldType->getNoReturnAttr() && !NewType->getNoReturnAttr()) { 1166 NewQType = Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType); 1167 New->setType(NewQType); 1168 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1169 } 1170 1171 // Merge regparm attribute. 1172 if (OldType->getRegParmType() != NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1173 if (NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1175 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1176 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1178 return true; 1179 } 1180 1181 NewQType = Context.getRegParmType(NewQType, OldType->getRegParmType()); 1182 New->setType(NewQType); 1183 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1184 } 1185 1186 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1187 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1188 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1189 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1190 // cannot be overloaded. 1191 QualType OldReturnType 1192 = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1193 QualType NewReturnType 1194 = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1195 QualType ResQT; 1196 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1197 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1198 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1199 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1200 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1201 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1202 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1203 return true; 1204 } 1205 else 1206 NewQType = ResQT; 1207 } 1208 1209 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1210 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1211 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1212 // Preserve triviality. 1213 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1214 1215 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1216 1217 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1218 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1219 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1220 // is a static member function declaration. 1221 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1224 return true; 1225 } 1226 1227 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1228 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1229 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1230 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1231 unsigned NewDiag; 1232 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1233 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1234 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1235 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1236 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1237 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1238 else 1239 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1240 1241 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1242 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1243 1244 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1245 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1246 // 1247 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1248 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1249 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1250 if (isFriend) { 1251 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1252 } else { 1253 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1254 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1255 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1256 return true; 1257 } 1258 } 1259 } 1260 1261 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1262 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1263 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1264 // attributes should be ignored when comparing. 1265 if (Context.getNoReturnType(OldQType, false) == 1266 Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType, false)) 1267 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1268 1269 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1270 } 1271 1272 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1273 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1274 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1275 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1276 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1277 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1278 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1279 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1280 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1281 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1282 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1283 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1284 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1285 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1286 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1287 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1288 OldProto->isVariadic(), 1289 OldProto->getTypeQuals(), 1290 false, false, 0, 0, 1291 OldProto->getExtInfo()); 1292 New->setType(NewQType); 1293 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1294 1295 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1296 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1297 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1298 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1299 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1300 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1301 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1302 SourceLocation(), 0, 1303 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1304 SC_None, SC_None, 1305 0); 1306 Param->setImplicit(); 1307 Params.push_back(Param); 1308 } 1309 1310 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1311 } 1312 1313 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1314 } 1315 1316 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1317 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1318 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1319 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1320 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1321 // the prototype. 1322 // 1323 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1324 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1325 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1326 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1327 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1328 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1329 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1330 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1331 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1332 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1333 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1334 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1335 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1336 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1337 1338 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1339 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1340 NewProto->getResultType()); 1341 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1342 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1343 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1344 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1345 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1346 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1347 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1348 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1349 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1350 NewParm->getType(), 1351 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1352 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1353 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1354 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1355 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1356 } else 1357 LooseCompatible = false; 1358 } 1359 1360 if (LooseCompatible) { 1361 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1362 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1363 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1364 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1365 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1366 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1367 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1368 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1369 } 1370 1371 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1372 ArgTypes.size(), 1373 OldProto->isVariadic(), 0, 1374 false, false, 0, 0, 1375 OldProto->getExtInfo())); 1376 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1377 } 1378 1379 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1380 } 1381 1382 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1383 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1384 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1385 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1386 // signature. 1387 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1388 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1389 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1390 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1391 // library built-in. 1392 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1393 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1394 << Old << Old->getType(); 1395 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1396 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1397 return false; 1398 } 1399 1400 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1401 } 1402 1403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1405 return true; 1406} 1407 1408/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1409/// known to be compatible. 1410/// 1411/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1412/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1413/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1414/// redeclaration of Old. 1415/// 1416/// \returns false 1417bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1418 // Merge the attributes 1419 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1420 1421 // Merge the storage class. 1422 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1423 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1424 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1425 1426 // Merge "pure" flag. 1427 if (Old->isPure()) 1428 New->setPure(); 1429 1430 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1431 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1432 New->setDeleted(); 1433 1434 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1435 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1436 1437 return false; 1438} 1439 1440/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1441/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1442/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1443/// 1444/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1445/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1446/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1447/// 1448void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1449 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1450 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1451 return; 1452 1453 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1454 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1455 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1456 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1457 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1458 << New->getDeclName(); 1459 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1460 diag::note_previous_definition); 1461 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1462 } 1463 1464 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1465 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1466 // 1467 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1468 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1469 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1470 << New->getIdentifier(); 1471 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1472 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1473 } 1474 1475 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1476 1477 // Merge the types 1478 QualType MergedT; 1479 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1480 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1481 MergedT = New->getType(); 1482 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1483 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1484 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1485 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1486 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1487 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1488 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1489 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1490 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1491 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1492 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1493 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1494 MergedT = New->getType(); 1495 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1496 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1497 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1498 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1499 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1500 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1501 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1502 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1503 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1504 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1505 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1506 } 1507 } else { 1508 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1509 } 1510 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1511 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1512 << New->getDeclName(); 1513 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1514 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1515 } 1516 New->setType(MergedT); 1517 1518 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1519 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1520 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1522 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1523 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1524 } 1525 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1526 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1527 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1528 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1529 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1530 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1531 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1532 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1533 // identifier has external linkage. 1534 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1535 /* Okay */; 1536 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1537 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1539 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1540 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1541 } 1542 1543 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1544 1545 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1546 // need to check for mismatches. 1547 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1548 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1549 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1550 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1551 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1552 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1553 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1554 } 1555 1556 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1558 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1559 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1560 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1561 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1562 } 1563 1564 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1565 const VarDecl *Def; 1566 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1567 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1568 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1569 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1570 << New->getDeclName(); 1571 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1572 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1573 return; 1574 } 1575 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1576 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1577 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1578 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1579 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1580 // specified at the prior declaration. 1581 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1582 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1583 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1584 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1585 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1586 1587 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1588 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1589 1590 // Inherit access appropriately. 1591 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1592} 1593 1594/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1595/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1596Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1597 DeclSpec &DS) { 1598 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1599 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1600 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1601 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1602 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1603 Decl *TagD = 0; 1604 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1605 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1606 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1607 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1608 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1609 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1610 1611 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1612 return 0; 1613 1614 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1615 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1616 // it's a Type. 1617 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1618 } 1619 1620 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1621 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1622 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1623 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1624 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1625 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1626 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1627 } 1628 1629 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1630 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1631 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1632 if (TagD && !Tag) 1633 return 0; 1634 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1635 } 1636 1637 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1638 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes()); 1639 1640 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1641 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1642 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1643 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1644 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1645 1646 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1647 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1648 } 1649 } 1650 1651 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1652 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1653 CurContext->isRecord() && 1654 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1655 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1656 // struct STRUCT; 1657 // and 1658 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1659 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1660 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1661 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1662 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1663 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1664 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1665 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1666 } 1667 } 1668 1669 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1670 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1671 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1672 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1673 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1674 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1675 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1676 1677 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1678 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1679 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1680 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1681 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1682 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1683 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1684 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1685 return Tag; 1686 } 1687 1688 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1689 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1690 } 1691 1692 return TagD; 1693} 1694 1695/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1696/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1697StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1698 StmtResult R; 1699 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1700 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1701 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1702 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1703 do 1704 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1705 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1706 } 1707 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1708 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1709 } 1710 } 1711 return R; 1712} 1713 1714/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1715/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1716/// 1717/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1718static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1719 Scope *S, 1720 DeclContext *Owner, 1721 DeclarationName Name, 1722 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1723 unsigned diagnostic) { 1724 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1725 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1726 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1727 1728 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1729 return false; 1730 1731 // Pick a representative declaration. 1732 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1733 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1734 1735 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1736 return false; 1737 1738 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1739 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1740 1741 return true; 1742} 1743 1744/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1745/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1746/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1747/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1748/// struct, e.g., 1749/// 1750/// @code 1751/// union { 1752/// int i; 1753/// float f; 1754/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1755/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1756/// @endcode 1757/// 1758/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1759/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1760static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1761 DeclContext *Owner, 1762 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1763 AccessSpecifier AS, 1764 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 1765 bool MSAnonStruct) { 1766 unsigned diagKind 1767 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1768 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1769 1770 bool Invalid = false; 1771 1772 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 1773 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 1774 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 1775 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1776 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 1777 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 1778 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 1779 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 1780 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1781 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1782 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1783 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1784 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1785 Invalid = true; 1786 } else { 1787 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1788 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1789 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1790 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1791 // anonymous union is declared. 1792 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 1793 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 1794 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 1795 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 1796 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 1797 else 1798 Chaining.push_back(VD); 1799 1800 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 1801 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 1802 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 1803 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 1804 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 1805 1806 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 1807 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 1808 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 1809 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 1810 1811 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1812 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 1813 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 1814 1815 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1816 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1817 1818 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 1819 } 1820 } 1821 } 1822 1823 return Invalid; 1824} 1825 1826/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1827/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1828/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1829static StorageClass 1830StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1831 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1832 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1833 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1834 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1835 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1836 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1837 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1838 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1839 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1840 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1841 } 1842 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1843} 1844 1845/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1846/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1847/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1848static StorageClass 1849StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1850 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1851 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1852 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1853 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1854 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1855 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1856 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1857 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1858 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1859 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1860 } 1861 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1862} 1863 1864/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1865/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1866/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1867/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1868Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1869 AccessSpecifier AS, 1870 RecordDecl *Record) { 1871 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1872 1873 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1874 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1875 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1876 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1877 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1878 1879 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1880 // structs/unions. 1881 bool Invalid = false; 1882 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1883 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1884 unsigned DiagID; 1885 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1886 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1887 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1888 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1889 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1890 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1891 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1892 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1893 Invalid = true; 1894 1895 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1896 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1897 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1898 } 1899 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1900 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1901 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1902 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1903 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1904 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1905 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1906 Invalid = true; 1907 1908 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1909 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1910 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1911 } 1912 1913 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1914 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1915 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1916 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1917 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1918 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1919 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1920 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1921 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1922 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1923 // members (clause 11). 1924 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1925 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1926 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1927 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1928 Invalid = true; 1929 } 1930 1931 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1932 Invalid = true; 1933 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1934 // Any implicit members are fine. 1935 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1936 // This is a type that showed up in an 1937 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1938 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1939 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1940 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1941 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1942 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1943 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1944 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1945 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1946 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1947 else { 1948 // This is a nested type declaration. 1949 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1950 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1951 Invalid = true; 1952 } 1953 } 1954 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1955 // Any access specifier is fine. 1956 } else { 1957 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1958 // member. Complain about it. 1959 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1960 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1961 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1962 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1963 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1964 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1965 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1966 1967 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1968 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1969 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1970 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1971 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1972 else { 1973 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1974 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1975 Invalid = true; 1976 } 1977 } 1978 } 1979 } 1980 1981 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1982 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1983 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1984 Invalid = true; 1985 } 1986 1987 // Mock up a declarator. 1988 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1989 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1990 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1991 1992 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 1993 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 1994 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1995 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 1996 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1997 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1998 TInfo, 1999 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2000 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2001 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2002 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2003 } else { 2004 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2005 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2006 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2007 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2008 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2009 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2010 // an error here 2011 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2012 Invalid = true; 2013 SC = SC_None; 2014 } 2015 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2016 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2017 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2018 2019 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 2020 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2021 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2022 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2023 } 2024 Anon->setImplicit(); 2025 2026 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2027 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2028 // its members. 2029 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2030 2031 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2032 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2033 // purposes. 2034 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2035 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2036 2037 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2038 Chain, false)) 2039 Invalid = true; 2040 2041 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2042 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2043 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2044 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2045 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2046 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2047 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2048 2049 if (Invalid) 2050 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2051 2052 return Anon; 2053} 2054 2055/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2056/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2057/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2058/// Example: 2059/// 2060/// struct A { int a; }; 2061/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2062/// 2063/// void foo() { 2064/// B var; 2065/// var.a = 3; 2066/// } 2067/// 2068Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2069 RecordDecl *Record) { 2070 2071 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2072 if (!Record) 2073 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2074 2075 // Mock up a declarator. 2076 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2077 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2078 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2079 2080 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2081 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2082 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2083 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2084 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2085 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2086 TInfo, 2087 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2088 Anon->setImplicit(); 2089 2090 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2091 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2092 2093 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2094 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2095 // purposes. 2096 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2097 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2098 2099 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2100 Record->getDefinition(), 2101 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2102 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2103 2104 return Anon; 2105} 2106 2107/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2108/// given Declarator. 2109DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2110 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2111} 2112 2113/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2114DeclarationNameInfo 2115Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2116 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2117 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2118 2119 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2120 2121 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2122 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2123 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2124 return NameInfo; 2125 2126 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2127 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2128 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2129 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2130 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2131 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2132 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2133 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2134 return NameInfo; 2135 2136 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2137 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2138 Name.Identifier)); 2139 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2140 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2141 return NameInfo; 2142 2143 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2144 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2145 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2146 if (Ty.isNull()) 2147 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2148 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2149 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2150 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2151 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2152 return NameInfo; 2153 } 2154 2155 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2156 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2157 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2158 if (Ty.isNull()) 2159 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2160 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2161 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2162 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2163 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2164 return NameInfo; 2165 } 2166 2167 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2168 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2169 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2170 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2171 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2172 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2173 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2174 2175 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2176 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2177 2178 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2179 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2180 // was qualified. 2181 2182 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2183 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2184 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2185 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2186 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2187 return NameInfo; 2188 } 2189 2190 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2191 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2192 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2193 if (Ty.isNull()) 2194 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2195 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2196 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2197 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2198 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2199 return NameInfo; 2200 } 2201 2202 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2203 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2204 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2205 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2206 } 2207 2208 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2209 2210 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2211 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2212} 2213 2214/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2215/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2216/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2217/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2218/// the class or namespace. 2219static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2220 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2221 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2222 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2223 return false; 2224 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2225 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2226 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2227 2228 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2229 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2230 return false; 2231 } 2232 2233 return true; 2234} 2235 2236/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2237/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2238/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2239/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2240/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2241static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2242 DeclarationName Name) { 2243 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2244 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2245 // - types which will become injected class names 2246 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2247 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2248 // few cases here. 2249 2250 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2251 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2252 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2253 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2254 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2255 // Grab the type from the parser. 2256 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2257 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2258 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2259 2260 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2261 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2262 // attached already. 2263 if (!TSI) 2264 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2265 2266 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2267 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2268 if (!TSI) return true; 2269 2270 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2271 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2272 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2273 break; 2274 } 2275 2276 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2277 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2278 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2279 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2280 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2281 break; 2282 } 2283 2284 default: 2285 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2286 break; 2287 } 2288 2289 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2290 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2291 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2292 2293 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2294 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2295 // pointer. 2296 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2297 continue; 2298 2299 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2300 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2301 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2302 return true; 2303 } 2304 2305 return false; 2306} 2307 2308Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2309 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2310} 2311 2312Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2313 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2314 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2315 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2316 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2317 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2318 2319 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2320 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2321 if (!Name) { 2322 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2323 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2324 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2325 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2326 return 0; 2327 } 2328 2329 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2330 // we find one that is. 2331 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2332 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2333 S = S->getParent(); 2334 2335 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2336 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2337 D.setInvalidType(); 2338 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2339 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2340 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2341 if (!DC) { 2342 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2343 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2344 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2345 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2346 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2347 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2348 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2349 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2350 return 0; 2351 } 2352 2353 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2354 2355 if (!IsDependentContext && 2356 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2357 return 0; 2358 2359 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2360 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2361 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2362 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2363 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2364 D.setInvalidType(); 2365 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2366 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2367 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2368 // definition: 2369 // 2370 // class X { 2371 // void X::f(); 2372 // }; 2373 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2374 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2375 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2376 else 2377 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2378 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2379 2380 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2381 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2382 } 2383 } 2384 2385 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2386 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2387 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2388 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2389 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2390 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2391 D.setInvalidType(); 2392 } 2393 } 2394 2395 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2396 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2397 // name different from T: 2398 // - every static data member of class T; 2399 // - every member function of class T 2400 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2401 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2402 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2403 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2404 << Name; 2405 2406 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2407 // Just return early; it's safer. 2408 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2409 return 0; 2410 } 2411 2412 NamedDecl *New; 2413 2414 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2415 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2416 2417 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2418 ForRedeclaration); 2419 2420 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2421 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2422 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2423 2424 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2425 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2426 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2427 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2428 /* Do nothing*/; 2429 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2430 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2431 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2432 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2433 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2434 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2435 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2436 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2437 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2438 2439 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2440 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2441 2442 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2443 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2444 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2445 2446 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2447 // out-of-line members. 2448 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2449 2450 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2451 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2452 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2453 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2454 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2455 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2456 // declarations namespace. 2457 // 2458 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2459 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2460 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2461 // 2462 // class X { 2463 // void f(); 2464 // void f(float); 2465 // }; 2466 // 2467 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2468 // 2469 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2470 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2471 // matches. 2472 2473 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2474 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2475 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2476 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2477 } else { 2478 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2479 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2480 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2481 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2482 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2483 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2484 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2485 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2486 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2487 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2488 else 2489 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2490 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2491 D.setInvalidType(); 2492 } 2493 } 2494 } 2495 2496 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2497 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2498 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2499 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2500 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2501 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2502 D.setInvalidType(); 2503 2504 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2505 Previous.clear(); 2506 } 2507 2508 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2509 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2510 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2511 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2512 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2513 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2514 Previous.clear(); 2515 2516 bool Redeclaration = false; 2517 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2518 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2519 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2520 return 0; 2521 } 2522 2523 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2524 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2525 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2526 move(TemplateParamLists), 2527 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2528 } else { 2529 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2530 move(TemplateParamLists), 2531 Redeclaration); 2532 } 2533 2534 if (New == 0) 2535 return 0; 2536 2537 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2538 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2539 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2540 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2541 2542 return New; 2543} 2544 2545/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2546/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2547/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2548static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2549 ASTContext &Context, 2550 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2551 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2552 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2553 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2554 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2555 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2556 SizeIsNegative = false; 2557 Oversized = 0; 2558 2559 if (T->isDependentType()) 2560 return QualType(); 2561 2562 QualifierCollector Qs; 2563 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2564 2565 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2566 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2567 QualType FixedType = 2568 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2569 Oversized); 2570 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2571 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2572 return Qs.apply(FixedType); 2573 } 2574 2575 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2576 if (!VLATy) 2577 return QualType(); 2578 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2579 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2580 return QualType(); 2581 2582 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2583 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2584 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2585 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2586 return QualType(); 2587 2588 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2589 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2590 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2591 SizeIsNegative = true; 2592 return QualType(); 2593 } 2594 2595 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2596 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2597 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2598 Res); 2599 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2600 Oversized = Res; 2601 return QualType(); 2602 } 2603 2604 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2605 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2606} 2607 2608/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2609/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2610void 2611Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2612 const LookupResult &Previous, 2613 Scope *S) { 2614 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2615 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2616 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2617 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2618 2619 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2620 return; 2621 2622 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2623 2624 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2625 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2626 // declaration. 2627 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2628 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2629 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2630 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2631 S = S->getParent(); 2632 2633 if (S) 2634 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2635 } 2636} 2637 2638/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2639/// does not identify a function. 2640void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2641 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2642 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2643 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2644 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2645 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2646 2647 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2648 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2649 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2650 2651 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2652 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2653 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2654} 2655 2656NamedDecl* 2657Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2658 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2659 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2660 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2661 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2662 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2663 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2664 D.setInvalidType(); 2665 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2666 DC = CurContext; 2667 Previous.clear(); 2668 } 2669 2670 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2671 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2672 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2673 } 2674 2675 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2676 2677 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2678 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2679 2680 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2681 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2682 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2683 return 0; 2684 } 2685 2686 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2687 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2688 2689 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2690 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2691 2692 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2693 // then it shall have block scope. 2694 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2695 // that redeclarations will match. 2696 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2697 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2698 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2699 2700 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2701 bool SizeIsNegative; 2702 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2703 QualType FixedTy = 2704 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2705 Oversized); 2706 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2707 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2708 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2709 } else { 2710 if (SizeIsNegative) 2711 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2712 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2713 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2714 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2715 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2716 << Oversized.toString(10); 2717 else 2718 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2719 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2720 } 2721 } 2722 } 2723 2724 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2725 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2726 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2727 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2728 Redeclaration = true; 2729 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2730 } 2731 2732 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2733 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2734 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2735 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2736 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2737 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2738 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2739 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2740 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2741 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2742 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2743 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2744 } 2745 2746 return NewTD; 2747} 2748 2749/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2750/// previous declaration. 2751/// 2752/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2753/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2754/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2755/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2756/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2757/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2758/// 2759/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2760/// lookup 2761/// 2762/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2763/// declared. 2764/// 2765/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2766/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2767static bool 2768isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2769 ASTContext &Context) { 2770 if (!PrevDecl) 2771 return false; 2772 2773 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2774 return false; 2775 2776 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2777 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2778 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2779 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2780 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2781 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2782 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2783 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2784 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2785 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2786 return false; 2787 2788 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2789 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2790 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2791 return false; 2792 2793 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2794 // previous declarations. 2795 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2796 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2797 2798 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2799 // isn't the same function. 2800 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2801 return false; 2802 } 2803 2804 return true; 2805} 2806 2807static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2808 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2809 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2810 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2811 SS.getRange()); 2812} 2813 2814NamedDecl* 2815Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 2816 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2817 LookupResult &Previous, 2818 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2819 bool &Redeclaration) { 2820 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2821 2822 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2823 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2824 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2825 2826 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2827 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2828 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2829 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2830 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2831 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2832 // an error here 2833 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2834 D.setInvalidType(); 2835 SC = SC_None; 2836 } 2837 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2838 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2839 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2840 2841 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2842 if (!II) { 2843 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2844 << Name.getAsString(); 2845 return 0; 2846 } 2847 2848 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2849 2850 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2851 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2852 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2853 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2854 2855 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2856 // is a GNU extension. 2857 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2858 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2859 else 2860 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2861 D.setInvalidType(); 2862 } 2863 } 2864 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2865 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2866 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2867 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2868 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2869 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2870 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2871 SC = SC_Static; 2872 } 2873 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2874 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2875 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2876 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2877 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2878 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2879 2880 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 2881 // the program is ill-formed. 2882 // 2883 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 2884 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 2885 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2886 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 2887 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 2888 } 2889 } 2890 2891 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2892 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2893 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2894 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2895 bool Invalid = false; 2896 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2897 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2898 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2899 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2900 TemplateParamLists.get(), 2901 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2902 /*never a friend*/ false, 2903 isExplicitSpecialization, 2904 Invalid)) { 2905 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2906 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2907 2908 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2909 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2910 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2911 << II 2912 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2913 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2914 return 0; 2915 } else { 2916 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2917 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2918 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2919 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2920 << II 2921 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2922 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2923 2924 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2925 } 2926 } 2927 2928 VarDecl *NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2929 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2930 2931 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2932 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2933 2934 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2935 2936 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2937 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2938 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2939 TemplateParamLists.release()); 2940 } 2941 2942 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2943 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2944 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2945 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2946 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2947 else 2948 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2949 } 2950 2951 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2952 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2953 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2954 2955 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2956 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2957 2958 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2959 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 2960 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2961 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2962 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 2963 Context, SE->getString())); 2964 } 2965 2966 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 2967 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 2968 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 2969 2970 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 2971 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 2972 // declaration has linkage). 2973 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 2974 2975 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 2976 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2977 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2978 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 2979 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2980 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 2981 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2982 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 2983 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2984 Previous.clear(); 2985 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2986 } 2987 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2988 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 2989 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 2990 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 2991 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2992 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2993 } 2994 2995 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 2996 2997 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 2998 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 2999 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3000 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3001 3002 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3003 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3004 // here. 3005 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3006 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3007 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3008 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3009 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3010 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3011 } 3012 } 3013 3014 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3015 // such variables. 3016 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3017 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3018 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3019 3020 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3021 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3022 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3023 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3024 3025 3026 // For variables declared as __block which require copy construction, 3027 // must capture copy initialization expression here. 3028 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3029 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3030 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isReferenceType() && 3031 T->getAs<RecordType>() && !T->isUnionType()) { 3032 Expr *E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(NewVD, T, 3033 VK_LValue, SourceLocation()); 3034 ExprResult Res = PerformCopyInitialization( 3035 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(NewVD->getLocation(), 3036 T, false), 3037 SourceLocation(), 3038 Owned(E)); 3039 if (!Res.isInvalid()) { 3040 Res = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Res); 3041 Expr *Init = Res.takeAs<Expr>(); 3042 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(NewVD, Init); 3043 } 3044 } 3045 } 3046 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3047 3048 return NewVD; 3049} 3050 3051/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3052/// -Wshadow. 3053/// 3054/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3055/// scope. 3056/// 3057/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3058/// \param R the lookup of the name 3059/// 3060void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3061 // Return if warning is ignored. 3062 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) == Diagnostic::Ignored) 3063 return; 3064 3065 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 3066 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 3067 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 3068 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 3069 return; 3070 3071 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3072 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3073 return; 3074 3075 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3076 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3077 return; 3078 3079 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3080 3081 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3082 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3083 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3084 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3085 return; 3086 3087 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3088 // static data members from base classes? 3089 3090 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3091 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3092 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3093 } 3094 3095 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3096 unsigned Kind; 3097 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3098 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3099 Kind = 3; // field 3100 else 3101 Kind = 2; // static data member 3102 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3103 Kind = 1; // global 3104 else 3105 Kind = 0; // local 3106 3107 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3108 3109 // Emit warning and note. 3110 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3111 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3112} 3113 3114/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3115void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3116 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3117 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3118 LookupName(R, S); 3119 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3120} 3121 3122/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3123/// declaration. 3124/// 3125/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3126/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3127/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3128/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3129/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3130/// 3131/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3132void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3133 LookupResult &Previous, 3134 bool &Redeclaration) { 3135 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3136 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3137 return; 3138 3139 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3140 3141 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3142 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3143 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3144 } 3145 3146 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3147 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3148 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3149 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3150 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3151 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3152 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3153 } 3154 3155 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3156 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3157 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3158 3159 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3160 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3161 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3162 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3163 3164 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3165 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3166 bool SizeIsNegative; 3167 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3168 QualType FixedTy = 3169 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3170 Oversized); 3171 3172 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3173 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3174 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3175 // int a[10][n]; 3176 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3177 3178 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3179 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3180 << SizeRange; 3181 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3182 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3183 << SizeRange; 3184 else 3185 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3186 << SizeRange; 3187 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3188 } 3189 3190 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3191 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3192 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3193 else 3194 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3195 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3196 } 3197 3198 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3199 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3200 } 3201 3202 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3203 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3204 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3205 // declaration with the same name. 3206 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3207 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3208 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3209 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3210 } 3211 3212 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3213 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3214 << T; 3215 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3216 } 3217 3218 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3219 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3220 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3221 } 3222 3223 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3224 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3225 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3226 } 3227 3228 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3229 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3230 QualType Pointee; 3231 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3232 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3233 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3234 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3235 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3236 PtrOrRef = 1; 3237 } 3238 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3239 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3240 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3241 << PtrOrRef; 3242 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3243 } 3244 3245 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3246 Redeclaration = true; 3247 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3248 } 3249} 3250 3251/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3252struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3253 Sema *S; 3254 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3255}; 3256 3257/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3258/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3259/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3260static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3261 CXXBasePath &Path, 3262 void *UserData) { 3263 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3264 3265 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3266 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3267 3268 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3269 3270 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3271 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3272 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3273 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3274 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3275 3276 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3277 } 3278 3279 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3280 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3281 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3282 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3283 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3284 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3285 return true; 3286 } 3287 } 3288 3289 return false; 3290} 3291 3292/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3293/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3294bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3295 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3296 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3297 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3298 Data.Method = MD; 3299 Data.S = this; 3300 bool AddedAny = false; 3301 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3302 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3303 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3304 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3305 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3306 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3307 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) { 3308 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3309 AddedAny = true; 3310 } 3311 } 3312 } 3313 } 3314 3315 return AddedAny; 3316} 3317 3318static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3319 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3320 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3321 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3322 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3323 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3324 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3325 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3326 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3327 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3328 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3329 } 3330} 3331 3332/// CheckClassMemberNameAttributes - Check for class member name checking 3333/// attributes according to [dcl.attr.override] 3334static void 3335CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(Sema& SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 3336 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 3337 if (!MD || !MD->isVirtual()) 3338 return; 3339 3340 bool HasOverrideAttr = MD->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>(); 3341 bool HasOverriddenMethods = 3342 MD->begin_overridden_methods() != MD->end_overridden_methods(); 3343 3344 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p2: 3345 /// If a virtual member function f is marked override and does not override 3346 /// a member function of a base class the program is ill-formed. 3347 if (HasOverrideAttr && !HasOverriddenMethods) { 3348 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_override_function_not_overriding) 3349 << MD->getDeclName(); 3350 return; 3351 } 3352 3353 if (!MD->getParent()->hasAttr<BaseCheckAttr>()) 3354 return; 3355 3356 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p6: 3357 /// In a class definition marked base_check, if a virtual member function 3358 /// that is neither implicitly-declared nor a destructor overrides a 3359 /// member function of a base class and it is not marked override, the 3360 /// program is ill-formed. 3361 if (HasOverriddenMethods && !HasOverrideAttr && !MD->isImplicit() && 3362 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 3363 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> 3364 OverriddenMethods(MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 3365 MD->end_overridden_methods()); 3366 3367 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), 3368 diag::err_function_overriding_without_override) 3369 << MD->getDeclName() << (unsigned)OverriddenMethods.size(); 3370 3371 for (unsigned I = 0; I != OverriddenMethods.size(); ++I) 3372 SemaRef.Diag(OverriddenMethods[I]->getLocation(), 3373 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 3374 } 3375} 3376 3377NamedDecl* 3378Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3379 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3380 LookupResult &Previous, 3381 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3382 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3383 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3384 3385 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3386 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3387 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3388 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3389 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3390 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3391 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3392 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3393 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3394 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3395 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3396 D.setInvalidType(); 3397 break; 3398 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3399 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3400 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3401 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3402 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3403 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3404 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3405 // other than extern 3406 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3407 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3408 diag::err_static_block_func); 3409 SC = SC_None; 3410 } else 3411 SC = SC_Static; 3412 break; 3413 } 3414 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3415 } 3416 3417 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3418 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3419 3420 bool isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3421 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3422 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3423 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3424 3425 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3426 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3427 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3428 3429 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3430 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3431 // the class has been completely parsed. 3432 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3433 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3434 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3435 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3436 AbstractReturnType)) 3437 D.setInvalidType(); 3438 3439 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3440 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3441 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3442 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3443 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3444 D.setInvalidType(); 3445 } 3446 3447 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3448 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3449 3450 if (isFriend) { 3451 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3452 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3453 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3454 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3455 } 3456 3457 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3458 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3459 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3460 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3461 3462 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3463 3464 // Create the new declaration 3465 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3466 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3467 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3468 isExplicit, isInline, 3469 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3470 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3471 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3472 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3473 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3474 3475 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3476 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3477 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3478 isInline, 3479 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3480 isVirtualOkay = true; 3481 } else { 3482 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3483 3484 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3485 // code path. 3486 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3487 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3488 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3489 D.setInvalidType(); 3490 } 3491 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3492 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3493 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3494 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3495 return 0; 3496 } 3497 3498 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3499 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3500 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3501 isInline, isExplicit); 3502 3503 isVirtualOkay = true; 3504 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3505 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3506 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3507 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3508 // constructor if it has no return type). 3509 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3510 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3511 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3512 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3513 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3514 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3515 return 0; 3516 } 3517 3518 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3519 3520 // [class.free]p1: 3521 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3522 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3523 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3524 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3525 isStatic = true; 3526 3527 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3528 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3529 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3530 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3531 isStatic = true; 3532 3533 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3534 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3535 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3536 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3537 3538 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3539 } else { 3540 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3541 // prototype. This true when: 3542 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3543 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3544 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3545 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3546 bool HasPrototype = 3547 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 3548 (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) || 3549 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3550 3551 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3552 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3553 HasPrototype); 3554 } 3555 3556 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3557 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3558 3559 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3560 3561 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3562 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3563 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3564 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3565 3566 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3567 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3568 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3569 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3570 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3571 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3572 bool Invalid = false; 3573 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3574 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3575 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3576 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3577 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3578 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3579 isFriend, 3580 isExplicitSpecialization, 3581 Invalid)) { 3582 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3583 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3584 3585 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3586 // This is a function template 3587 3588 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3589 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3590 return 0; 3591 3592 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3593 NewFD->getLocation(), 3594 Name, TemplateParams, 3595 NewFD); 3596 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3597 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3598 } else { 3599 // This is a function template specialization. 3600 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3601 3602 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3603 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3604 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3605 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3606 3607 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3608 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3609 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3610 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3611 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3612 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3613 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3614 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3615 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3616 } 3617 3618 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3619 << Name << RemoveRange 3620 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3621 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3622 } 3623 } 3624 } 3625 3626 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3627 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3628 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3629 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3630 } 3631 3632 if (Invalid) { 3633 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3634 if (FunctionTemplate) 3635 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3636 } 3637 3638 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3639 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3640 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3641 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3642 // 3643 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3644 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3645 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3646 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3647 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3648 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3649 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3650 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3651 } else { 3652 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3653 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3654 } 3655 } 3656 3657 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3658 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3659 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3660 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3661 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3662 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3663 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3664 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3665 } 3666 } 3667 3668 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3669 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3670 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3671 // and 12.3.2. 3672 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3673 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3674 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3675 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3676 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3677 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3678 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3679 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3680 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3681 // or conversion function. 3682 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3683 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3684 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3685 } 3686 } 3687 3688 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3689 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3690 3691 if (isFriend) { 3692 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3693 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3694 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3695 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3696 } 3697 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3698 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3699 } 3700 3701 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3702 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3703 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3704 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3705 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3706 // the class. 3707 3708 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3709 // member function definition. 3710 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3711 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3712 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3713 } 3714 3715 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3716 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3717 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3718 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3719 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3720 SE->getString())); 3721 } 3722 3723 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3724 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3725 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3726 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { 3727 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 3728 3729 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3730 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3731 // single void argument. 3732 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3733 // already checks for that case. 3734 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3735 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3736 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3737 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3738 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3739 3740 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3741 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3742 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3743 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3744 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3745 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3746 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3747 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3748 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3749 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3750 Params.push_back(Param); 3751 3752 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3753 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3754 } 3755 } 3756 3757 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3758 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3759 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3760 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3761 // 3762 // @code 3763 // typedef void fn(int); 3764 // fn f; 3765 // @endcode 3766 3767 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3768 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3769 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3770 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3771 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3772 Params.push_back(Param); 3773 } 3774 } else { 3775 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3776 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3777 } 3778 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3779 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3780 3781 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3782 // argument list into our AST format. 3783 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3784 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3785 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3786 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3787 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3788 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3789 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3790 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3791 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3792 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3793 TemplateArgs); 3794 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3795 3796 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3797 3798 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3799 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3800 // arguments. 3801 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3802 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3803 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3804 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3805 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3806 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3807 // too few of them). 3808 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3809 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3810 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3811 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3812 "template<> "); 3813 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3814 } else { 3815 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3816 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3817 } 3818 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3819 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3820 // wrote something like: 3821 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3822 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3823 // friend void foo<>(int); 3824 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3825 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3826 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3827 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3828 } 3829 3830 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3831 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3832 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3833 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3834 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3835 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3836 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3837 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3838 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3839 Previous)) 3840 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3841 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3842 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3843 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3844 Previous)) 3845 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3846 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3847 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3848 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3849 } 3850 3851 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3852 bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK! 3853 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3854 Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); 3855 3856 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3857 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3858 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3859 3860 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3861 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3862 : NewFD); 3863 3864 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3865 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3866 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3867 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3868 3869 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3870 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3871 3872 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3873 } 3874 3875 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3876 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3877 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3878 3879 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3880 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3881 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3882 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3883 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3884 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3885 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3886 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3887 } 3888 3889 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3890 // Ignore all the rest of this. 3891 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 3892 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3893 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3894 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3895 3896 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 3897 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3898 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 3899 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 3900 3901 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 3902 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 3903 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 3904 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 3905 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 3906 // can actually do this check immediately. 3907 if (isFriend && 3908 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 3909 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 3910 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3911 // ignore these 3912 } else { 3913 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3914 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 3915 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 3916 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 3917 // 3918 // class X { 3919 // void f() const; 3920 // }; 3921 // 3922 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 3923 // 3924 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 3925 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 3926 // whether the parameter types are references). 3927 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 3928 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3929 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3930 3931 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 3932 } 3933 3934 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 3935 // to something. 3936 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 3937 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 3938 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3939 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 3940 } 3941 3942 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 3943 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3944 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 3945 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 3946 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3947 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 3948 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 3949 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 3950 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 3951 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 3952 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3953 } 3954 3955 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 3956 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 3957 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 3958 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 3959 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 3960 3961 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3962 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 3963 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3964 const FunctionDecl *Def; 3965 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3966 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 3967 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3968 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3969 } 3970 } 3971 3972 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 3973 3974 if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 3975 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 3976 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 3977 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 3978 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 3979 if (!Previous.empty()) 3980 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3981 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 3982 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 3983 } 3984 3985 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 3986 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3987 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 3988 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 3989 << NewFD; 3990 3991 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 3992 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3993 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 3994 0, 0, true, 0, false, false, 0, 0, 3995 FT->getExtInfo()); 3996 NewFD->setType(R); 3997 } 3998 3999 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4000 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4001 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4002 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4003 4004 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4005 // map of such names. 4006 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4007 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4008 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4009 4010 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4011 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4012 4013 if (FunctionTemplate && NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4014 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4015 4016 if (FunctionTemplate) 4017 return FunctionTemplate; 4018 4019 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4020 4021 CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(*this, NewFD); 4022 4023 return NewFD; 4024} 4025 4026/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4027/// 4028/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4029/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4030/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4031/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4032/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4033/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4034/// via InstantiateDecl). 4035/// 4036/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4037/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4038/// 4039/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4040void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4041 LookupResult &Previous, 4042 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4043 bool &Redeclaration, 4044 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { 4045 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4046 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4047 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4048 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4049 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4050 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4051 4052 return; 4053 } 4054 4055 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4056 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4057 // because all functions have linkage. 4058 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4059 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4060 } 4061 4062 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4063 CheckMain(NewFD); 4064 4065 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4066 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4067 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4068 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4069 // declaration with the same name. 4070 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4071 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4072 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4073 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4074 } 4075 4076 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4077 // the same name, if appropriate. 4078 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4079 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4080 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4081 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4082 // function to the scope. 4083 4084 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4085 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4086 Redeclaration = true; 4087 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4088 } else { 4089 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4090 OverloadableAttrRequired = true; 4091 4092 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4093 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4094 case Ovl_Match: 4095 Redeclaration = true; 4096 break; 4097 4098 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4099 Redeclaration = true; 4100 break; 4101 4102 case Ovl_Overload: 4103 Redeclaration = false; 4104 break; 4105 } 4106 } 4107 4108 if (Redeclaration) { 4109 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4110 // merged. 4111 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4112 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4113 4114 Previous.clear(); 4115 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4116 4117 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4118 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4119 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4120 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4121 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4122 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4123 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4124 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4125 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4126 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4127 } 4128 4129 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4130 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4131 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4132 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4133 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4134 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4135 } 4136 } else { 4137 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4138 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4139 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4140 } 4141 } 4142 } 4143 4144 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4145 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4146 // C++-specific checks. 4147 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4148 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4149 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4150 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4151 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4152 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4153 4154 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4155 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4156 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4157 DeclarationName Name 4158 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4159 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4160 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4161 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4162 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4163 } 4164 } 4165 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4166 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4167 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4168 } 4169 4170 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4171 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4172 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4173 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4174 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4175 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4176 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4177 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4178 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4179 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4180 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4181 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4182 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4183 ++Overridden) { 4184 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4185 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4186 } 4187 } 4188 } 4189 } 4190 } 4191 4192 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4193 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4194 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4195 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4196 4197 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4198 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4199 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4200 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4201 4202 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4203 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4204 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4205 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4206 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4207 } 4208} 4209 4210void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4211 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4212 // or static is ill-formed. 4213 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4214 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4215 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4216 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4217 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4218 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4219 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4220 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4221 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4222 4223 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4224 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4225 } 4226 4227 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4228 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4229 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4230 4231 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4232 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4233 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 4234 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4235 diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4236 if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) { 4237 D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(), 4238 "int"); 4239 } 4240 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4241 } 4242 4243 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4244 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4245 4246 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4247 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4248 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4249 4250 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4251 4252 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4253 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4254 // getting shifty. 4255 if (nparams == 4 && 4256 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4257 HasExtraParameters = false; 4258 4259 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4260 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4261 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4262 nparams = 3; 4263 } 4264 4265 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4266 // if we had some location information about types. 4267 4268 QualType CharPP = 4269 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4270 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4271 4272 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4273 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4274 4275 bool mismatch = true; 4276 4277 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4278 mismatch = false; 4279 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4280 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4281 // char const ** 4282 // char const * const * 4283 // char * const * 4284 4285 QualifierCollector qs; 4286 const PointerType* PT; 4287 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4288 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4289 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4290 qs.removeConst(); 4291 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4292 } 4293 } 4294 4295 if (mismatch) { 4296 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4297 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4298 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4299 } 4300 } 4301 4302 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4303 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4304 } 4305 4306 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4307 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4308 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4309 } 4310} 4311 4312bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4313 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4314 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4315 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4316 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4317 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4318 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4319 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4320 // rules there don't matter.) 4321 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4322 return false; 4323 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4324 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4325 return true; 4326} 4327 4328void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4329 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4330} 4331 4332/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4333/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4334/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4335void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4336 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4337 // the initializer. 4338 if (RealDecl == 0) 4339 return; 4340 4341 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4342 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4343 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4344 // Thus this grotesque test. 4345 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4346 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4347 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4348 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4349 else { 4350 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4351 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4352 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4353 } 4354 return; 4355 } 4356 4357 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4358 if (!VDecl) { 4359 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4360 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4361 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4362 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4363 else 4364 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4365 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4366 return; 4367 } 4368 4369 4370 4371 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4372 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4373 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4374 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4375 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4376 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4377 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4378 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4379 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4380 return; 4381 } 4382 4383 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4384 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4385 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4386 AbstractVariableType)) 4387 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4388 4389 const VarDecl *Def; 4390 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4391 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4392 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4393 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4394 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4395 return; 4396 } 4397 4398 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4399 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4400 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4401 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4402 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4403 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4404 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4405 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4406 // 4407 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4408 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4409 // declaration with an initializer. 4410 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4411 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4412 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4413 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4414 return; 4415 } 4416 4417 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4418 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4419 4420 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4421 // initialization. 4422 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4423 4424 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4425 InitializationKind Kind 4426 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4427 Init->getLocStart(), 4428 Init->getLocEnd()) 4429 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4430 Init->getLocStart()); 4431 4432 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4433 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4434 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4435 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4436 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4437 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4438 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4439 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4440 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4441 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4442 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4443 &DclT); 4444 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4445 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4446 return; 4447 } 4448 4449 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4450 4451 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4452 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4453 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4454 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4455 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4456 } 4457 } 4458 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4459 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4460 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4461 // 4462 // struct S { 4463 // static const int value = 17; 4464 // }; 4465 4466 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4467 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4468 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4469 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4470 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4471 &DclT); 4472 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4473 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4474 return; 4475 } 4476 4477 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4478 } 4479 4480 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4481 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4482 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4483 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4484 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4485 4486 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4487 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4488 4489 // Require constness. 4490 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4491 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4492 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4493 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4494 4495 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4496 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4497 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4498 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4499 llvm::APSInt Value; 4500 SourceLocation Loc; 4501 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4502 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4503 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4504 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4505 } 4506 } 4507 4508 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4509 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4510 // implement fully. 4511 } else { 4512 bool Allowed = false; 4513 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4514 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4515 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4516 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4517 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4518 Allowed = true; 4519 } 4520 4521 if (!Allowed) { 4522 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4523 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4524 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4525 4526 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4527 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4528 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4529 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4530 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4531 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4532 } 4533 } 4534 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4535 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4536 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4537 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4538 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4539 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4540 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4541 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4542 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4543 &DclT); 4544 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4545 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4546 return; 4547 } 4548 4549 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4550 } 4551 4552 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4553 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4554 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4555 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4556 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4557 } 4558 } 4559 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4560 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4561 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4562 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4563 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4564 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4565 Init->setType(DclT); 4566 } 4567 4568 4569 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4570 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4571 // global/static definition. 4572 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4573 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4574 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4575 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4576 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4577 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4578 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4579 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4580 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4581 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4582 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4583 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4584 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4585 } 4586 } 4587 } 4588 4589 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4590 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4591 4592 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 4593 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4594 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4595 4596 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4597 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 4598 !VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4599 VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal() && 4600 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4601 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) 4602 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4603 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4604 4605 // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary. 4606 QualType InitType = VDecl->getType(); 4607 while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType)) 4608 InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array); 4609 if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4610 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record); 4611 } 4612 4613 return; 4614} 4615 4616/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4617/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4618/// of sanity. 4619void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4620 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4621 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4622 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4623 4624 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4625 if (!VD) return; 4626 4627 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4628 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4629 4630 // Require a complete type. 4631 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4632 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4633 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4634 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4635 return; 4636 } 4637 4638 // Require an abstract type. 4639 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4640 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4641 AbstractVariableType)) { 4642 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4643 return; 4644 } 4645 4646 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4647 // though. 4648} 4649 4650void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4651 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4652 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4653 if (RealDecl == 0) 4654 return; 4655 4656 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4657 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4658 4659 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4660 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4661 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4662 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4663 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4664 return; 4665 } 4666 4667 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4668 case VarDecl::Definition: 4669 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4670 break; 4671 4672 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4673 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4674 // a declaration. 4675 // 4676 // Fall through 4677 4678 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4679 // It's only a declaration. 4680 4681 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4682 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4683 // object shall be complete. 4684 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4685 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4686 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4687 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4688 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4689 4690 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4691 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4692 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4693 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4694 AbstractVariableType)) 4695 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4696 return; 4697 4698 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4699 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4700 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4701 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4702 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4703 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4704 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4705 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4706 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4707 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4708 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4709 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4710 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4711 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4712 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4713 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4714 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4715 // NOTE: code such as the following 4716 // static struct s; 4717 // struct s { int a; }; 4718 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4719 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4720 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4721 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4722 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4723 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4724 } 4725 } 4726 4727 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4728 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4729 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4730 return; 4731 } 4732 4733 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4734 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4735 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4736 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4737 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4738 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4739 return; 4740 } 4741 4742 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4743 // definitions with reference type. 4744 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4745 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4746 << Var->getDeclName() 4747 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4748 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4749 return; 4750 } 4751 4752 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4753 // variable with dependent type. 4754 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4755 return; 4756 4757 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4758 return; 4759 4760 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4761 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4762 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4763 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4764 return; 4765 } 4766 4767 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4768 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4769 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4770 AbstractVariableType)) { 4771 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4772 return; 4773 } 4774 4775 const RecordType *Record 4776 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4777 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4778 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4779 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4780 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4781 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4782 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4783 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4784 // type shall have a user-declared default 4785 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4786 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4787 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4788 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4789 // program is ill-formed. 4790 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4791 } else { 4792 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4793 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4794 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4795 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4796 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4797 4798 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4799 InitializationKind Kind 4800 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4801 4802 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4803 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4804 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4805 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4806 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4807 else if (Init.get()) { 4808 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 4809 4810 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4811 Var->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var->isStaticLocal() && 4812 !Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4813 !Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4814 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor); 4815 } 4816 } 4817 4818 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record) 4819 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); 4820 } 4821} 4822 4823Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4824Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4825 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4826 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4827 4828 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4829 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4830 4831 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4832 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4833 Decls.push_back(D); 4834 4835 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4836 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4837} 4838 4839 4840/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4841/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4842Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4843 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4844 4845 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4846 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 4847 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 4848 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4849 StorageClass = SC_Register; 4850 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 4851 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4852 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4853 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4854 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4855 } 4856 4857 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4858 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4859 4860 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4861 4862 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 4863 // parameter (C++ only). 4864 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4865 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4866 4867 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4868 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4869 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4870 4871 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 4872 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 4873 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 4874 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 4875 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 4876 } 4877 4878 // Ensure we have a valid name 4879 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 4880 if (D.hasName()) { 4881 II = D.getIdentifier(); 4882 if (!II) { 4883 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 4884 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 4885 D.setInvalidType(true); 4886 } 4887 } 4888 4889 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 4890 if (II) { 4891 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 4892 ForRedeclaration); 4893 LookupName(R, S); 4894 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 4895 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4896 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 4897 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4898 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 4899 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4900 PrevDecl = 0; 4901 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4902 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 4903 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4904 4905 // Recover by removing the name 4906 II = 0; 4907 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4908 D.setInvalidType(true); 4909 } 4910 } 4911 } 4912 4913 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 4914 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 4915 // looking like class members in C++. 4916 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4917 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 4918 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4919 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 4920 4921 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4922 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4923 4924 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4925 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4926 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 4927 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4928 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4929 } 4930 4931 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 4932 S->AddDecl(New); 4933 if (II) 4934 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 4935 4936 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 4937 4938 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4939 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4940 } 4941 return New; 4942} 4943 4944/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 4945/// typedef. 4946ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 4947 SourceLocation Loc, 4948 QualType T) { 4949 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 4950 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 4951 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 4952 Param->setImplicit(); 4953 return Param; 4954} 4955 4956void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 4957 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 4958 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_unused_parameter) == 4959 Diagnostic::Ignored) 4960 return; 4961 4962 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 4963 // will already have done so in the template itself. 4964 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 4965 return; 4966 4967 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 4968 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 4969 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 4970 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 4971 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 4972 } 4973 } 4974} 4975 4976void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 4977 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 4978 QualType ReturnTy, 4979 NamedDecl *D) { 4980 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 4981 return; 4982 4983 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 4984 // threshold. 4985 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 4986 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 4987 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 4988 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 4989 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 4990 } 4991 4992 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_parameter_size)==Diagnostic::Ignored) 4993 return; 4994 4995 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 4996 // threshold. 4997 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 4998 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 4999 if (!T->isPODType()) 5000 continue; 5001 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5002 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5003 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5004 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5005 } 5006} 5007 5008ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 5009 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 5010 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5011 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5012 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5013 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5014 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 5015 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5016 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5017 0); 5018 5019 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5020 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5021 // the class has been completely parsed. 5022 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5023 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5024 AbstractParamType)) 5025 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5026 5027 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5028 // passed by reference. 5029 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5030 Diag(NameLoc, 5031 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5032 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5033 } 5034 5035 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5036 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5037 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5038 // an address space. 5039 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5040 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5041 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5042 } 5043 5044 return New; 5045} 5046 5047void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5048 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5049 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 5050 "Not a function declarator!"); 5051 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 5052 5053 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5054 // for a K&R function. 5055 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5056 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5057 --i; 5058 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5059 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5060 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5061 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5062 << ";\n"; 5063 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5064 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5065 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5066 5067 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5068 // type. 5069 DeclSpec DS; 5070 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5071 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5072 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5073 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5074 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5075 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5076 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5077 } 5078 } 5079 } 5080} 5081 5082Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5083 Declarator &D) { 5084 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5085 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 5086 "Not a function declarator!"); 5087 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5088 5089 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5090 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5091 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5092 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5093} 5094 5095static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5096 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5097 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5098 return false; 5099 5100 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5101 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5102 return false; 5103 5104 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5105 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5106 return false; 5107 5108 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5109 if (FD->isMain()) 5110 return false; 5111 5112 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5113 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5114 return false; 5115 5116 // Don't warn about function templates. 5117 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5118 return false; 5119 5120 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5121 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5122 return false; 5123 5124 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5125 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5126 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5127 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5128 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5129 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5130 continue; 5131 5132 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5133 break; 5134 } 5135 5136 return MissingPrototype; 5137} 5138 5139Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5140 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5141 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5142 5143 if (!D) 5144 return D; 5145 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5146 5147 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5148 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5149 else 5150 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5151 5152 // Enter a new function scope 5153 PushFunctionScope(); 5154 5155 // See if this is a redefinition. 5156 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5157 // was an extern inline function. 5158 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5159 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5160 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5161 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5162 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5163 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5164 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5165 else 5166 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5167 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5168 } 5169 5170 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5171 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5172 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5173 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5174 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5175 } 5176 } 5177 5178 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5179 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5180 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5181 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5182 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5183 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5184 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5185 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5186 5187 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5188 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5189 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5190 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5191 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5192 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5193 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5194 5195 if (FnBodyScope) 5196 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5197 5198 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5199 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5200 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5201 5202 bool ShouldCheckShadow = 5203 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored; 5204 5205 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5206 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5207 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5208 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5209 5210 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5211 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5212 if (ShouldCheckShadow) 5213 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5214 5215 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5216 } 5217 } 5218 5219 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5220 // dllimport attribute. 5221 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5222 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5223 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5224 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5225 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5226 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5227 << "dllimport"; 5228 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5229 return FD; 5230 } 5231 5232 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5233 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5234 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5235 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5236 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5237 // emitted. 5238 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5239 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5240 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5241 } 5242 } 5243 return FD; 5244} 5245 5246/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5247/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5248/// optimization. 5249/// 5250/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5251/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5252/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5253/// use the named return value optimization. 5254/// 5255/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5256/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5257/// the NRVO variable. 5258/// 5259/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5260/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5261/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5262static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5263 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5264 5265 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5266 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5267 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5268 return; 5269 5270 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5271 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5272 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5273 return; 5274 } 5275 5276 if (NRVOCandidate) 5277 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5278} 5279 5280Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5281 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5282} 5283 5284Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5285 bool IsInstantiation) { 5286 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5287 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5288 if (FunTmpl) 5289 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5290 else 5291 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5292 5293 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5294 5295 if (FD) { 5296 FD->setBody(Body); 5297 if (FD->isMain()) { 5298 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5299 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5300 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5301 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5302 } 5303 5304 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5305 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5306 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5307 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5308 5309 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5310 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5311 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5312 5313 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5314 } 5315 5316 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5317 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5318 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5319 MD->setBody(Body); 5320 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5321 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5322 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5323 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5324 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5325 } 5326 } else { 5327 return 0; 5328 } 5329 5330 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5331 5332 // Check goto/label use. 5333 FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction(); 5334 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 5335 I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5336 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 5337 5338 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 5339 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 5340 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 5341 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) { 5342 if (!L->isUsed()) 5343 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName(); 5344 continue; 5345 } 5346 5347 // Emit error. 5348 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 5349 5350 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 5351 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 5352 // formed. 5353 if (Body == 0) { 5354 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 5355 continue; 5356 } 5357 5358 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 5359 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 5360 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 5361 // label in it. 5362 5363 // Give the label a sub-statement. 5364 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 5365 5366 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 5367 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 5368 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 5369 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 5370 Compound->body_end()); 5371 Elements.push_back(L); 5372 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 5373 } 5374 5375 if (Body) { 5376 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5377 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5378 // Verify this. 5379 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5380 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5381 5382 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5383 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5384 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5385 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5386 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5387 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5388 5389 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5390 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5391 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5392 5393 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5394 Destructor->getParent()); 5395 } 5396 5397 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5398 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5399 // deletion in some later function. 5400 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5401 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5402 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5403 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5404 // enabled. 5405 QualType ResultType; 5406 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5407 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD); 5408 } else { 5409 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5410 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD); 5411 } 5412 } 5413 5414 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5415 } 5416 5417 if (!IsInstantiation) 5418 PopDeclContext(); 5419 5420 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5421 5422 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5423 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5424 // deletion in some later function. 5425 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5426 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5427 5428 return dcl; 5429} 5430 5431/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5432/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5433NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5434 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5435 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5436 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5437 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5438 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5439 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5440 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5441 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5442 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5443 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5444 return Pos->second; 5445 } 5446 5447 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5448 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5449 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5450 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5451 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5452 else 5453 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5454 5455 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5456 const char *Dummy; 5457 DeclSpec DS; 5458 unsigned DiagID; 5459 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5460 Error = Error; // Silence warning. 5461 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5462 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5463 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5464 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5465 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5466 SourceLocation()); 5467 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5468 5469 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5470 5471 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5472 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5473 5474 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5475 FD->setImplicit(); 5476 5477 CurContext = PrevDC; 5478 5479 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5480 5481 return FD; 5482} 5483 5484/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5485/// the declaration of this function. 5486/// 5487/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5488/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5489/// like NSLog or printf. 5490void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5491 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5492 return; 5493 5494 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5495 // actual attributes. 5496 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5497 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5498 unsigned FormatIdx; 5499 bool HasVAListArg; 5500 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5501 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5502 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5503 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5504 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5505 } 5506 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5507 HasVAListArg)) { 5508 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5509 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5510 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5511 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5512 } 5513 5514 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5515 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5516 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5517 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5518 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5519 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5520 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5521 } 5522 5523 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID)) 5524 FD->setType(Context.getNoReturnType(FD->getType())); 5525 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5526 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5527 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5528 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5529 } 5530 5531 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5532 if (!Name) 5533 return; 5534 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5535 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5536 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5537 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5538 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5539 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5540 // about. 5541 } else 5542 return; 5543 5544 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5545 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5546 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5547 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5548 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5549 } else 5550 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5551 "printf", 1, 5552 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5553 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5554 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5555 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5556 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5557 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5558 "printf", 2, 5559 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5560 } 5561} 5562 5563TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5564 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5565 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5566 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5567 5568 if (!TInfo) { 5569 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5570 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5571 } 5572 5573 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5574 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5575 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5576 D.getIdentifier(), 5577 TInfo); 5578 5579 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5580 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5581 5582 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5583 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5584 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5585 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5586 } 5587 5588 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5589 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5590 return NewTD; 5591} 5592 5593 5594/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5595/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5596/// 5597/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5598bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5599 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5600 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5601 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5602 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5603 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5604 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5605 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5606 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5607 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5608 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5609 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5610 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5611 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5612 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5613 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5614 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5615 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5616 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5617 return true; 5618 5619 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5620 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5621 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5622 bool isTemplate = false; 5623 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5624 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5625 5626 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5627 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5628 << isTemplate << &Name 5629 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5630 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5631 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5632 return true; 5633 } 5634 return false; 5635} 5636 5637/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5638/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5639/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5640/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5641Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5642 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5643 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5644 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5645 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5646 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 5647 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 5648 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 5649 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5650 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5651 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5652 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 5653 5654 OwnedDecl = false; 5655 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5656 5657 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5658 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5659 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5660 bool Invalid = false; 5661 5662 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 5663 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 5664 // for non-C++ cases. 5665 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 5666 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 5667 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5668 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5669 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5670 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5671 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5672 isExplicitSpecialization, 5673 Invalid)) { 5674 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5675 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5676 5677 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5678 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5679 // be a member of another template). 5680 if (Invalid) 5681 return 0; 5682 5683 OwnedDecl = false; 5684 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5685 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5686 TemplateParams, 5687 AS); 5688 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5689 return Result.get(); 5690 } else { 5691 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5692 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5693 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5694 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5695 } 5696 } 5697 } 5698 5699 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 5700 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 5701 // redeclaration. 5702 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 5703 5704 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5705 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 5706 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 5707 // type, default to int. 5708 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5709 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 5710 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 5711 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 5712 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 5713 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 5714 EnumUnderlying = TI; 5715 5716 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 5717 5718 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 5719 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 5720 << T; 5721 // Recover by falling back to int. 5722 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5723 } 5724 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5725 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 5726 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5727 } 5728 5729 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5730 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5731 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5732 5733 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5734 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5735 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5736 5737 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5738 5739 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5740 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5741 5742 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5743 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5744 Name = 0; 5745 goto CreateNewDecl; 5746 } 5747 5748 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5749 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5750 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5751 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5752 if (!DC) { 5753 IsDependent = true; 5754 return 0; 5755 } 5756 } else { 5757 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5758 if (!DC) { 5759 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5760 << SS.getRange(); 5761 return 0; 5762 } 5763 } 5764 5765 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5766 return 0; 5767 5768 SearchDC = DC; 5769 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5770 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5771 5772 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5773 return 0; 5774 5775 if (Previous.empty()) { 5776 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5777 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5778 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5779 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5780 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5781 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 5782 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 5783 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5784 IsDependent = true; 5785 return 0; 5786 } 5787 5788 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5789 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5790 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5791 Name = 0; 5792 Invalid = true; 5793 goto CreateNewDecl; 5794 } 5795 } else if (Name) { 5796 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5797 // declaration or definition. 5798 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5799 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5800 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5801 LookupName(Previous, S); 5802 5803 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5804 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5805 return 0; 5806 5807 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5808 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5809 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5810 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5811 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5812 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5813 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5814 } 5815 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 5816 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 5817 // initial context to the translation unit. 5818 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5819 } 5820 5821 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5822 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5823 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5824 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5825 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5826 Previous.clear(); 5827 } 5828 5829 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5830 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5831 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5832 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5833 5834 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5835 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5836 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5837 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5838 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5839 } 5840 } 5841 5842 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5843 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5844 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5845 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5846 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5847 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5848 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5849 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5850 5851 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5852 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5853 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5854 // 5855 // class-key identifier 5856 // 5857 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5858 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5859 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5860 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5861 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5862 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5863 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5864 // declaration. 5865 // 5866 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5867 // C structs and unions. 5868 // 5869 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5870 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5871 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5872 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5873 // 5874 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 5875 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 5876 // 5877 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 5878 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 5879 // lexical context, 5880 while (SearchDC->isRecord()) 5881 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5882 5883 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 5884 while (S->isClassScope() || 5885 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5886 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 5887 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 5888 (S->getEntity() && 5889 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 5890 S = S->getParent(); 5891 } else { 5892 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 5893 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 5894 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 5895 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 5896 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 5897 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5898 } 5899 5900 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 5901 // diagnose some problems. 5902 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5903 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 5904 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 5905 } 5906 } 5907 5908 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5909 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5910 5911 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 5912 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 5913 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 5914 // in C++. 5915 // 5916 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 5917 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 5918 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 5919 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 5920 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5921 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5922 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 5923 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 5924 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 5925 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 5926 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 5927 PrevDecl = Tag; 5928 Previous.clear(); 5929 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 5930 Previous.resolveKind(); 5931 } 5932 } 5933 } 5934 } 5935 5936 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5937 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 5938 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 5939 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 5940 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 5941 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5942 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 5943 // struct or something similar. 5944 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 5945 bool SafeToContinue 5946 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 5947 Kind != TTK_Enum); 5948 if (SafeToContinue) 5949 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 5950 << Name 5951 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 5952 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 5953 else 5954 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 5955 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5956 5957 if (SafeToContinue) 5958 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 5959 else { 5960 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 5961 Name = 0; 5962 Previous.clear(); 5963 Invalid = true; 5964 } 5965 } 5966 5967 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 5968 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 5969 5970 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 5971 // returning the previous declaration. 5972 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 5973 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 5974 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 5975 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5976 return PrevTagDecl; 5977 } 5978 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 5979 QualType T; 5980 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 5981 T = TI->getType(); 5982 else 5983 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 5984 5985 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 5986 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 5987 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 5988 << T 5989 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 5990 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5991 return PrevTagDecl; 5992 } 5993 } 5994 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 5995 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 5996 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 5997 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5998 return PrevTagDecl; 5999 } 6000 } 6001 6002 if (!Invalid) { 6003 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6004 6005 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6006 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6007 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6008 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6009 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6010 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6011 return PrevTagDecl; 6012 6013 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6014 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6015 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6016 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6017 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6018 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6019 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6020 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6021 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6022 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6023 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6024 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6025 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6026 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6027 // references get the previous definition. 6028 Name = 0; 6029 Previous.clear(); 6030 Invalid = true; 6031 } 6032 } else { 6033 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6034 // about a nested redefinition. 6035 TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6036 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6037 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6038 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6039 diag::note_previous_definition); 6040 Name = 0; 6041 Previous.clear(); 6042 Invalid = true; 6043 } 6044 } 6045 6046 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6047 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6048 } 6049 } 6050 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6051 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6052 6053 } else { 6054 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6055 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6056 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6057 // have distinct types. 6058 Previous.clear(); 6059 } 6060 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6061 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6062 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6063 6064 6065 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6066 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6067 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6068 } else { 6069 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6070 6071 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6072 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6073 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6074 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6075 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6076 unsigned Kind = 0; 6077 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6078 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6079 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6080 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6081 Invalid = true; 6082 6083 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6084 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6085 // do nothing 6086 6087 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6088 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6089 unsigned Kind = 0; 6090 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6091 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6092 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6093 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6094 Invalid = true; 6095 6096 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6097 // case here. 6098 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6099 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6100 << Name 6101 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 6102 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6103 Invalid = true; 6104 6105 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6106 } else { 6107 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6108 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6109 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6110 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6111 Name = 0; 6112 Invalid = true; 6113 } 6114 6115 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6116 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6117 Previous.clear(); 6118 } 6119 } 6120 6121CreateNewDecl: 6122 6123 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6124 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6125 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6126 6127 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6128 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6129 // keyword. 6130 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6131 6132 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6133 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6134 // PrevDecl. 6135 TagDecl *New; 6136 6137 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6138 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6139 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6140 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6141 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6142 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6143 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6144 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6145 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6146 TagDecl *Def; 6147 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6148 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6149 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6150 } 6151 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6152 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6153 << New; 6154 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6155 } else { 6156 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6157 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6158 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6159 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6160 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6161 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6162 6163 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6164 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6165 // the declaration context. 6166 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6167 IsForwardReference = true; 6168 } 6169 } 6170 6171 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6172 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6173 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6174 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6175 else 6176 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6177 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6178 } 6179 6180 } else { 6181 // struct/union/class 6182 6183 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6184 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6185 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6186 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6187 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6188 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6189 6190 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6191 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6192 } else 6193 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6194 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6195 } 6196 6197 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6198 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6199 if (SS.isSet()) { 6200 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 6201 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 6202 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 6203 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6204 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6205 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6206 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6207 } 6208 } 6209 else 6210 Invalid = true; 6211 } 6212 6213 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6214 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6215 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6216 // 6217 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6218 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6219 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6220 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6221 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6222 // parsing of the struct). 6223 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6224 } 6225 6226 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6227 // check the specialization. 6228 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6229 Invalid = true; 6230 6231 if (Invalid) 6232 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6233 6234 if (Attr) 6235 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6236 6237 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6238 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6239 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6240 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6241 6242 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6243 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6244 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6245 6246 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6247 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6248 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6249 6250 // Set the access specifier. 6251 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6252 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6253 6254 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6255 New->startDefinition(); 6256 6257 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6258 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6259 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6260 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6261 if (PrevDecl) 6262 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6263 6264 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6265 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6266 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6267 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6268 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6269 } else if (Name) { 6270 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6271 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6272 if (IsForwardReference) 6273 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6274 6275 } else { 6276 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6277 } 6278 6279 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6280 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6281 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6282 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6283 II->isStr("FILE")) 6284 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6285 6286 OwnedDecl = true; 6287 return New; 6288} 6289 6290void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6291 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6292 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6293 6294 // Enter the tag context. 6295 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6296} 6297 6298void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6299 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6300 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6301 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6302 6303 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6304 6305 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6306 return; 6307 6308 // C++ [class]p2: 6309 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6310 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6311 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6312 // as if it were a public member name. 6313 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6314 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 6315 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 6316 Record->getIdentifier(), 6317 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 6318 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6319 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6320 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6321 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6322 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6323 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6324 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6325 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6326 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6327 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6328} 6329 6330void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6331 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6332 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6333 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6334 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6335 6336 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6337 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6338 6339 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6340 PopDeclContext(); 6341 6342 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6343 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6344} 6345 6346void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6347 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6348 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6349 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6350 6351 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6352 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6353 // the FieldCollector. 6354 6355 PopDeclContext(); 6356} 6357 6358// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6359bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6360 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6361 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6362 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6363 if (ZeroWidth) 6364 *ZeroWidth = true; 6365 6366 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6367 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6368 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6369 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6370 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6371 return true; 6372 if (FieldName) 6373 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6374 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6375 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6376 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6377 } 6378 6379 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6380 // it now. 6381 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6382 return false; 6383 6384 llvm::APSInt Value; 6385 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6386 return true; 6387 6388 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6389 *ZeroWidth = false; 6390 6391 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6392 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6393 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6394 6395 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6396 if (FieldName) 6397 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6398 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6399 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6400 << Value.toString(10); 6401 } 6402 6403 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6404 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6405 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6406 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6407 if (FieldName) 6408 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6409 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6410 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6411 6412 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6413 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6414 } 6415 6416 if (FieldName) 6417 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6418 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6419 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6420 else 6421 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6422 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6423 } 6424 } 6425 6426 return false; 6427} 6428 6429/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6430/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6431Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6432 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6433 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6434 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6435 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6436 AS_public); 6437 return Res; 6438} 6439 6440/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6441/// 6442FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6443 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6444 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6445 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6446 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6447 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6448 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6449 6450 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6451 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6452 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6453 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6454 6455 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6456 6457 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6458 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6459 6460 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6461 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6462 LookupName(Previous, S); 6463 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6464 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6465 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6466 6467 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6468 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6469 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6470 6471 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6472 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6473 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6474 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6475 PrevDecl = 0; 6476 } 6477 6478 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6479 PrevDecl = 0; 6480 6481 bool Mutable 6482 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6483 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6484 FieldDecl *NewFD 6485 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6486 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6487 6488 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6489 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6490 6491 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6492 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6493 // with the same name in the same scope. 6494 } else if (II) { 6495 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6496 } else 6497 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6498 6499 return NewFD; 6500} 6501 6502/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6503/// 6504/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6505/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6506/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6507/// created. 6508/// 6509/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6510/// 6511/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6512FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6513 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6514 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6515 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6516 SourceLocation TSSL, 6517 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6518 Declarator *D) { 6519 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6520 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6521 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6522 6523 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6524 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6525 if (T.isNull()) { 6526 InvalidDecl = true; 6527 T = Context.IntTy; 6528 } 6529 6530 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6531 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6532 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6533 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6534 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6535 InvalidDecl = true; 6536 } 6537 6538 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6539 // than a variably modified type. 6540 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6541 bool SizeIsNegative; 6542 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6543 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6544 SizeIsNegative, 6545 Oversized); 6546 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6547 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6548 T = FixedTy; 6549 } else { 6550 if (SizeIsNegative) 6551 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6552 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6553 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6554 << Oversized.toString(10); 6555 else 6556 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6557 InvalidDecl = true; 6558 } 6559 } 6560 6561 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6562 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6563 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6564 AbstractFieldType)) 6565 InvalidDecl = true; 6566 6567 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6568 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6569 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6570 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6571 InvalidDecl = true; 6572 BitWidth = 0; 6573 ZeroWidth = false; 6574 } 6575 6576 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6577 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6578 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6579 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6580 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6581 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6582 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6583 6584 if (DiagID) { 6585 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6586 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6587 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6588 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6589 Mutable = false; 6590 InvalidDecl = true; 6591 } 6592 } 6593 6594 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6595 BitWidth, Mutable); 6596 if (InvalidDecl) 6597 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6598 6599 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6600 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6601 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6602 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6603 } 6604 6605 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6606 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6607 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6608 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6609 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6610 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6611 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6612 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6613 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6614 // objects. 6615 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6616 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6617 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6618 } 6619 } 6620 6621 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 6622 // the program is ill-formed. 6623 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 6624 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 6625 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 6626 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6627 } 6628 } 6629 } 6630 6631 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6632 // representation, not a parser representation. 6633 if (D) 6634 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6635 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6636 6637 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6638 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6639 6640 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6641 return NewFD; 6642} 6643 6644bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6645 assert(FD); 6646 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6647 6648 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6649 return true; 6650 6651 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6652 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6653 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6654 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6655 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6656 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6657 // copy constructors. 6658 6659 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6660 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6661 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6662 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6663 member = CXXConstructor; 6664 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6665 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6666 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6667 member = CXXDestructor; 6668 6669 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6670 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6671 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6672 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6673 return true; 6674 } 6675 } 6676 } 6677 6678 return false; 6679} 6680 6681/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6682/// special member, figure out why. 6683void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6684 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6685 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6686 6687 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6688 switch (member) { 6689 case CXXInvalid: 6690 break; 6691 6692 case CXXConstructor: 6693 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6694 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6695 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6696 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6697 ci->hasBody(body); 6698 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6699 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6700 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6701 return; 6702 } 6703 } 6704 6705 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6706 return; 6707 } 6708 break; 6709 6710 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6711 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6712 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6713 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6714 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6715 return; 6716 } 6717 break; 6718 6719 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6720 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6721 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6722 // assignment, not the type. 6723 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6724 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6725 return; 6726 } 6727 break; 6728 6729 case CXXDestructor: 6730 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6731 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6732 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6733 return; 6734 } 6735 break; 6736 } 6737 6738 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6739 6740 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6741 // but not trivial destruction. 6742 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6743 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6744 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6745 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6746 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6747 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6748 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6749 return; 6750 } 6751 6752 // Check for virtual methods. 6753 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6754 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6755 ++mi) { 6756 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6757 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6758 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6759 return; 6760 } 6761 } 6762 } 6763 6764 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6765 switch (member) { 6766 case CXXConstructor: 6767 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6768 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6769 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6770 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6771 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6772 case CXXDestructor: 6773 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6774 default: 6775 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6776 } 6777 6778 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6779 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6780 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6781 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6782 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6783 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6784 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6785 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6786 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6787 return; 6788 } 6789 } 6790 6791 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6792 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6793 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6794 ++fi) { 6795 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6796 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6797 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6798 6799 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6800 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6801 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6802 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6803 return; 6804 } 6805 } 6806 } 6807 6808 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6809} 6810 6811/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6812/// AST enum value. 6813static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6814TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6815 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6816 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6817 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6818 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6819 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6820 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6821 } 6822} 6823 6824/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6825/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6826Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6827 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6828 Decl *IntfDecl, 6829 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6830 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6831 6832 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6833 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6834 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6835 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6836 6837 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6838 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6839 6840 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6841 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6842 6843 if (BitWidth) { 6844 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6845 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6846 D.setInvalidType(); 6847 BitWidth = 0; 6848 } 6849 } else { 6850 // Not a bitfield. 6851 6852 // validate II. 6853 6854 } 6855 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6856 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6857 D.setInvalidType(); 6858 } 6859 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6860 // than a variably modified type. 6861 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6862 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 6863 D.setInvalidType(); 6864 } 6865 6866 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 6867 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 6868 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 6869 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 6870 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 6871 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 6872 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 6873 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6874 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6875 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 6876 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 6877 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 6878 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 6879 } 6880 else 6881 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6882 } else { 6883 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6884 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6885 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 6886 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 6887 return 0; 6888 } 6889 } 6890 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6891 } 6892 6893 // Construct the decl. 6894 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 6895 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 6896 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 6897 6898 if (II) { 6899 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 6900 ForRedeclaration); 6901 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 6902 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6903 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6904 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6905 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6906 } 6907 } 6908 6909 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 6910 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 6911 6912 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6913 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6914 6915 if (II) { 6916 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 6917 // these to the interface. 6918 S->AddDecl(NewID); 6919 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 6920 } 6921 6922 return NewID; 6923} 6924 6925/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 6926/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 6927/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 6928/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 6929void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6930 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 6931 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 6932 return; 6933 6934 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 6935 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 6936 6937 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 6938 return; 6939 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 6940 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 6941 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 6942 return; 6943 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6944 if (!ID) { 6945 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6946 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 6947 return; 6948 } 6949 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 6950 else 6951 return; 6952 } 6953 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 6954 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 6955 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 6956 6957 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 6958 DeclLoc, 0, 6959 Context.CharTy, 6960 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 6961 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 6962 true); 6963 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 6964} 6965 6966void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 6967 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6968 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 6969 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 6970 AttributeList *Attr) { 6971 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 6972 6973 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 6974 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 6975 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6976 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 6977 return; 6978 } 6979 6980 6981 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 6982 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 6983 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 6984 6985 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6986 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 6987 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 6988 6989 // Get the type for the field. 6990 Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 6991 6992 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 6993 // Remember all fields written by the user. 6994 RecFields.push_back(FD); 6995 } 6996 6997 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 6998 // diagnostics about it. 6999 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7000 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7001 continue; 7002 } 7003 7004 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7005 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7006 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7007 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7008 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7009 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7010 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7011 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7012 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7013 // array. 7014 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7015 // Field declared as a function. 7016 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7017 << FD->getDeclName(); 7018 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7019 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7020 continue; 7021 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7022 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7023 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 7024 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7025 // Flexible array member. 7026 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7027 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7028 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7029 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7030 if (Record->isUnion()) 7031 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 7032 << FD->getDeclName(); 7033 else if (NumFields == 1) 7034 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 7035 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7036 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7037 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7038 << FD->getDeclName(); 7039 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7040 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7041 continue; 7042 } 7043 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7044 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7045 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7046 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7047 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7048 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7049 continue; 7050 } 7051 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7052 if (Record) 7053 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7054 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7055 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7056 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7057 // Incomplete type 7058 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7059 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7060 continue; 7061 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7062 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7063 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7064 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7065 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7066 } else { 7067 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7068 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7069 // structures. 7070 if (i != NumFields-1) 7071 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7072 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7073 else { 7074 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7075 // other structs as an extension. 7076 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7077 << FD->getDeclName(); 7078 if (Record) 7079 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7080 } 7081 } 7082 } 7083 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7084 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7085 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7086 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7087 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7088 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7089 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7090 continue; 7091 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7092 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7093 Record && 7094 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7095 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7096 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7097 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7098 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7099 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7100 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7101 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7102 } 7103 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7104 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7105 ++NumNamedMembers; 7106 } 7107 7108 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7109 if (Record) { 7110 bool Completed = false; 7111 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7112 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7113 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7114 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7115 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7116 I != E; ++I) 7117 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7118 7119 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7120 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7121 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7122 7123 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7124 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7125 // problem now. 7126 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7127 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7128 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7129 7130 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7131 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7132 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7133 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7134 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7135 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7136 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7137 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7138 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7139 continue; 7140 7141 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7142 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7143 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7144 // program is ill-formed. 7145 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7146 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7147 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7148 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7149 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7150 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7151 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7152 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7153 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7154 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7155 7156 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7157 } 7158 } 7159 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7160 Completed = true; 7161 } 7162 } 7163 } 7164 } 7165 7166 if (!Completed) 7167 Record->completeDefinition(); 7168 } else { 7169 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7170 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7171 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7172 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7173 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7174 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7175 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7176 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7177 } 7178 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7179 // duplicates. 7180 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7181 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7182 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7183 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7184 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7185 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7186 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7187 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7188 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7189 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7190 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7191 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7192 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7193 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7194 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7195 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7196 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7197 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7198 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7199 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7200 } 7201 } 7202 } 7203 7204 if (Attr) 7205 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7206 7207 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7208 // set the visibility of this record. 7209 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7210 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7211} 7212 7213/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7214/// the given type T. 7215static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7216 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7217 QualType T) { 7218 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7219 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7220 7221 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7222 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7223 --BitWidth; 7224 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7225 } 7226 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7227} 7228 7229// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7230// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7231static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7232 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7233 // enum checking below. 7234 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7235 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7236 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7237 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7238 }; 7239 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7240 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7241 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7242 }; 7243 7244 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7245 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7246 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7247 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7248 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7249 return Types[I]; 7250 7251 return QualType(); 7252} 7253 7254EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7255 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7256 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7257 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7258 Expr *Val) { 7259 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7260 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7261 QualType EltTy; 7262 if (Val) { 7263 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7264 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7265 else { 7266 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7267 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7268 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7269 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7270 Val = 0; 7271 } else { 7272 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7273 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7274 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7275 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7276 // representable as an int. 7277 7278 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7279 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7280 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7281 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7282 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7283 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7284 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7285 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7286 } 7287 } 7288 7289 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7290 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7291 7292 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7293 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7294 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7295 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7296 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7297 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7298 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7299 } else 7300 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7301 << EltTy; 7302 } else 7303 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7304 } 7305 else { 7306 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7307 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7308 // is the type of its initializing value: 7309 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7310 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7311 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7312 } 7313 } 7314 } 7315 } 7316 7317 if (!Val) { 7318 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7319 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7320 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7321 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7322 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7323 // is the type of its initializing value: 7324 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7325 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7326 // 7327 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7328 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7329 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7330 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7331 } 7332 else { 7333 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7334 } 7335 } else { 7336 // Assign the last value + 1. 7337 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7338 ++EnumVal; 7339 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7340 7341 // Check for overflow on increment. 7342 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7343 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7344 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7345 // is the type of its initializing value: 7346 // 7347 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7348 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7349 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7350 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7351 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7352 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7353 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7354 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7355 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7356 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7357 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7358 EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7359 ++EnumVal; 7360 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7361 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7362 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7363 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7364 << EltTy; 7365 else 7366 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7367 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7368 } else { 7369 EltTy = T; 7370 } 7371 7372 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7373 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7374 // value, then increment. 7375 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7376 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7377 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7378 ++EnumVal; 7379 7380 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7381 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7382 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7383 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7384 // integral type. 7385 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7386 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7387 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7388 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7389 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7390 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7391 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7392 } 7393 } 7394 } 7395 7396 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7397 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7398 // enumerator's type. 7399 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7400 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7401 } 7402 7403 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7404 Val, EnumVal); 7405} 7406 7407 7408Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7409 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7410 AttributeList *Attr, 7411 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7412 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7413 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7414 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7415 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7416 7417 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7418 // we find one that is. 7419 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7420 7421 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7422 // scope. 7423 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7424 ForRedeclaration); 7425 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7426 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7427 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7428 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7429 PrevDecl = 0; 7430 } 7431 7432 if (PrevDecl) { 7433 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7434 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7435 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7436 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7437 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7438 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7439 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7440 else 7441 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7442 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7443 return 0; 7444 } 7445 } 7446 7447 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7448 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7449 // name different from T: 7450 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7451 // type 7452 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7453 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7454 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7455 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7456 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7457 7458 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7459 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7460 7461 if (New) { 7462 // Process attributes. 7463 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7464 7465 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7466 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7467 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7468 } 7469 7470 return New; 7471} 7472 7473void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7474 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7475 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7476 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7477 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7478 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7479 7480 if (Attr) 7481 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7482 7483 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7484 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7485 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7486 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7487 if (!ECD) continue; 7488 7489 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7490 } 7491 7492 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7493 return; 7494 } 7495 7496 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7497 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7498 // emit a warning. 7499 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7500 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7501 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7502 7503 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7504 // reverse the list. 7505 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7506 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7507 7508 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7509 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7510 7511 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7512 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7513 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7514 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7515 7516 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7517 7518 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7519 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7520 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7521 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7522 else 7523 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7524 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7525 7526 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7527 if (AllElementsInt) 7528 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7529 } 7530 7531 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7532 QualType BestType; 7533 unsigned BestWidth; 7534 7535 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7536 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7537 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7538 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7539 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7540 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7541 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7542 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7543 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7544 QualType BestPromotionType; 7545 7546 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7547 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7548 // enum definitions. 7549 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7550 Packed = true; 7551 7552 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7553 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7554 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7555 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7556 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7557 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7558 } 7559 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7560 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7561 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7562 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7563 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7564 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7565 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7566 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7567 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7568 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7569 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7570 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7571 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7572 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7573 } else { 7574 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7575 7576 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7577 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7578 } else { 7579 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7580 7581 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7582 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7583 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7584 } 7585 } 7586 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7587 } else { 7588 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7589 // all of the enumerator values. 7590 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7591 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7592 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7593 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7594 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7595 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7596 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7597 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7598 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7599 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7600 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7601 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7602 BestPromotionType 7603 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7604 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7605 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7606 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7607 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7608 BestPromotionType 7609 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7610 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7611 } else { 7612 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7613 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7614 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7615 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7616 BestPromotionType 7617 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7618 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7619 } 7620 } 7621 7622 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7623 // the type of the enum if needed. 7624 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7625 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7626 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7627 7628 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7629 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7630 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7631 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7632 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7633 7634 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7635 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7636 7637 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7638 // the enum decl type. 7639 QualType NewTy; 7640 unsigned NewWidth; 7641 bool NewSign; 7642 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7643 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7644 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7645 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7646 NewSign = true; 7647 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7648 // Already the right type! 7649 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7650 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7651 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7652 // enumeration. 7653 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7654 continue; 7655 } else { 7656 NewTy = BestType; 7657 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7658 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7659 } 7660 7661 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7662 InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7663 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7664 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7665 7666 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7667 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 7668 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7669 CK_IntegralCast, 7670 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7671 /*base paths*/ 0, 7672 VK_RValue)); 7673 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7674 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7675 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7676 // enumeration. 7677 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7678 else 7679 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7680 } 7681 7682 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7683 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7684} 7685 7686Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7687 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7688 7689 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7690 Loc, AsmString); 7691 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7692 return New; 7693} 7694 7695void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7696 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7697 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7698 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7699 7700 if (PrevDecl) { 7701 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7702 } else { 7703 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7704 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7705 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7706 } 7707} 7708 7709void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7710 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7711 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7712 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7713 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7714 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7715 LookupOrdinaryName); 7716 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7717 7718 if (PrevDecl) { 7719 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7720 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7721 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7722 } else { 7723 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7724 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7725 } 7726} 7727